]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #11707 from keszybz/man-directives-spring-cleaning
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 241 in spe:
4
5 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
6 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
8
9 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
10 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
11 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
12 include the package release information.
13
14 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
15 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
16 option.
17
18 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
19 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
20 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
21
22 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
23 again.
24
25 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
26 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
27 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
28 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
29 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
30 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
31 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
32 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
33 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
34 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
35 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
36 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
37 installed .link files to *not* include it.
38
39 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
40 "persistent", now works again as documented.
41
42 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
43 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
44
45 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
46 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
47 used for side-channel attacks.
48
49 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
50 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
51 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
52
53 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
54 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
55 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
56 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
57 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
58 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
59
60 fs.protected_regular = 0
61 fs.protected_fifos = 0
62
63 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
64 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
65
66 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
67 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
68 POSIX shells.
69
70 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
71 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
72
73 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
74 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
75 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
76 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
77 points but otherwise empty.
78
79 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
80 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
81 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
82
83 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
84 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
85
86 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alex Mayer, Ayman Bagabas,
87 Beniamino Galvani, bl33pbl0p, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
88 Morin, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele Medri, Dave
89 Reisner, dcanuhe, Dimitri John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice
90 Fontaine, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, howl,
91 ikelos, James Hilliard, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jonathan Roemer,
92 Jonathon Kowalski, Joost Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lennart Poettering,
93 Louis Taylor, Lucas Werkmeister, Marc-Antoine Perennou, marvelousblack,
94 Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike Auty, Mike Gilbert,
95 Mikhail Kasimov, Niklas Hambüchen, Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert,
96 Philip Withnall, rogerjames99, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam
97 Morris, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi Miettinen,
98 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77
99
100 — Berlin, 2018-XX-XX
101
102 CHANGES WITH 240:
103
104 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
105 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
106 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
107 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
108 an SELinux policy update is required.
109 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
110
111 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
112 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
113 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
114 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
115 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
116 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
117 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
118 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
119 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
120 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
121
122 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
123 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
124 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
125 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
126 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
127 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
128 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
129 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
130 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
131 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
132 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
133 the search path.
134
135 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
136 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
137 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
138 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
139 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
140 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
141 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
142 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
143 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
144 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
145 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
146 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
147 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
148 start job.
149
150 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
151 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
152 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
153 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
154 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
155 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
156 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
157 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
158 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
159 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
160
161 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
162 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
163 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
164 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
165 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
166 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
167 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
168 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
169 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
170 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
171 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
172 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
173 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
174 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
175 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
176 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
177 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
178 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
179 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
180 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
181 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
182 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
183 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
184 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
185 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
186 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
187 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
188 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
189 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
190 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
191 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
192 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
193 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
194 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
195 Java.)
196
197 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
198 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
199 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
200 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
201 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
202 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
203 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
204 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
205 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
206 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
207
208 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
209 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
210 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
211 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
212 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
213 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
214
215 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
216 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
217 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
218 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
219 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
220
221 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
222 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
223
224 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
225 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
226 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
227
228 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
229 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
230
231 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
232 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
233 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
234
235 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
236 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
237 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
238 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
239 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
240 latency.
241
242 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
243 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
244
245 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
246 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
247 instance part of a unit name.
248
249 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
250 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
251 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
252 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
253 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
254 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
255 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
256 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
257 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
258
259 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
260 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
261 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
262 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
263
264 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
265 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
266 to a file, and appending to it.
267
268 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
269 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
270 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
271 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
272 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
273 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
274
275 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
276 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
277 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
278 having to touch C code.
279
280 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
281 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
282
283 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
284 DNS-over-TLS.
285
286 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
287 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
288 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
289
290 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
291 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
292 until the system finished start-up.
293
294 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
295
296 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
297 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
298 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
299 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
300 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
301 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
302 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
303
304 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
305 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
306 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
307 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
308 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
309 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
310 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
311 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
312 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
313 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
314 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
315 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
316
317 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
318 instantiate services.
319
320 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
321 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
322
323 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
324 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
325 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
326
327 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
328 it is neither used nor maintained.
329
330 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
331 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
332 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
333 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
334 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
335 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
336 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
337 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
338 separated by colons.
339
340 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
341 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
342
343 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
344 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
345
346 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
347 "ethtool advertise" commands.
348
349 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
350 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
351 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
352 directly.
353
354 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
355 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
356 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
357 ID.
358
359 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
360 and generate various 128bit IDs.
361
362 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
363 and LOGO=.
364
365 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
366 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
367 from any hibernated image.
368
369 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
370 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
371 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
372 kernel exports them.
373
374 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
375 /usr/bin/.
376
377 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
378 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
379 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
380 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
381 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
382 now documented here:
383
384 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
385
386 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
387 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
388 installs during early boot.
389
390 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
391 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
392
393 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
394 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
395
396 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
397 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
398 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
399
400 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
401 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
402 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
403 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
404 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
405 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
406 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
407 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
408 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
409 is on AC power.
410
411 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
412 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
413 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
414 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
415 see:
416
417 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
418
419 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
420 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
421 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
422 and container environments.
423
424 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
425 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
426 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
427 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
428
429 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
430 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
431 journald per-service.
432
433 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
434 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
435
436 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
437 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
438 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
439 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
440
441 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
442 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
443 groups.
444
445 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
446 --ephemeral command line switch.
447
448 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
449 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
450 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
451 object itself.
452
453 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
454 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
455 not unloaded).
456
457 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
458 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
459 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
460
461 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
462 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
463 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
464 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
465 "dead" state on success.
466
467 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
468 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
469 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
470 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
471 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
472 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
473 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
474 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
475 well-defined system service context.
476
477 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
478 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
479 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
480 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
481
482 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
483 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
484 continue to be used.
485
486 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
487 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
488 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
489 for example:
490
491 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
492
493 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
494 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
495 the command line's exit code.
496
497 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
498
499 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
500
501 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
502 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
503 support to systemctl and all other commands.
504
505 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
506 name as argument.
507
508 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
509 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
510 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
511 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
512 is improved.
513
514 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
515 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
516 initialize one to all 0xFF.
517
518 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
519 all files and directories listed in
520 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
521 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
522 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
523 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
524 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
525 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
526 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
527 the transition to the host OS.
528
529 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
530 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
531 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
532 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
533 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
534 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
535 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
536 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
537 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
538 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
539 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
540 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
541 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
542 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
543 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
544 these are opened they don't work.
545
546 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
547 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
548 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
549 logic works again.
550
551 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
552 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
553 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
554 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
555 ignore it.
556
557 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
558 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
559 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
560 commands.
561
562 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
563 pam_systemd anymore.
564
565 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
566 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
567 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
568 policy took effect.
569
570 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
571 python-3.5.
572
573 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
574 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
575 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
576 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
577 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
578 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
579 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
580 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
581 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
582 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
583 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
584 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
585 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
586 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
587 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
588 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
589 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
590 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
591 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
592 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
593 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
594 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
595 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
596 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
597 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
598 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
599 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
600 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
601 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
602 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
603 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
604 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
605 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
606 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
607 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
608 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
609 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
610 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
611 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
612 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
613 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
614 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
615 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
616 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
617 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
618
619 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
620
621 CHANGES WITH 239:
622
623 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
624 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
625 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
626 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
627 a slot number associated.
628
629 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
630 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
631 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
632 independent.
633
634 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
635 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
636 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
637
638 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
639 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
640 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
641 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
642
643 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
644 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
645 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
646 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
647 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
648 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
649 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
650 e.g. NIS.
651
652 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
653 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
654 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
655 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
656 may be necessary to update the file.
657
658 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
659 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
660 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
661 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
662 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
663 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
664 documentation.
665
666 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
667 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
668 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
669 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
670 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
671 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
672 them.
673
674 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
675 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
676 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
677 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
678 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
679
680 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
681 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
682 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
683 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
684 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
685 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
686 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
687 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
688
689 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
690 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
691 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
692 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
693 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
694
695 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
696 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
697 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
698 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
699 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
700
701 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
702 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
703 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
704
705 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
706 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
707 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
708 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
709 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
710 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
711 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
712 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
713 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
714 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
715 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
716 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
717 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
718 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
719 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
720 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
721 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
722 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
723 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
724 from.
725
726 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
727 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
728 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
729 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
730
731 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
732 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
733 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
734 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
735
736 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
737 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
738 hibernates again.
739
740 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
741 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
742
743 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
744 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
745 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
746
747 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
748 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
749 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
750 was not configurable and set to 512.
751
752 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
753 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
754 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
755 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
756 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
757 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
758 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
759 in particular su and sudo.
760
761 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
762 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
763 synchronization has been received from the network. This
764 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
765 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
766 services.
767
768 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
769 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
770 files should work for hibernation now.
771
772 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
773 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
774 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
775 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
776 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
777 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
778 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
779 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
780 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
781 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
782 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
783 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
784 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
785 name following the last dash.
786
787 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
788 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
789 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
790 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
791 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
792
793 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
794 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
795 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
796 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
797 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
798 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
799
800 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
801 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
802 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
803 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
804
805 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
806 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
807 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
808 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
809 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
810
811 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
812 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
813 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
814 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
815 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
816 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
817 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
818 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
819 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
820 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
821 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
822 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
823 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
824
825 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
826 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
827 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
828 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
829 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
830 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
831 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
832 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
833 settings.
834
835 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
836 expiration feature, if it is available.
837
838 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
839 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
840 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
841
842 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
843 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
844
845 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
846
847 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
848 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
849
850 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
851 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
852 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
853 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
854 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
855 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
856 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
857 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
858 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
859 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
860 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
861
862 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
863 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
864 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
865 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
866
867 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
868 about its state.
869
870 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
871 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
872 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
873 "timedatectl set-ntp".
874
875 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
876 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
877 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
878 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
879 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
880 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
881 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
882 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
883 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
884 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
885 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
886
887 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
888 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
889
890 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
891 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
892 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
893 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
894 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
895 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
896
897 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
898 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
899 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
900 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
901 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
902 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
903 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
904
905 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
906 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
907 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
908 shown.)
909
910 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
911 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
912 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
913 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
914 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
915 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
916 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
917 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
918 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
919
920 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
921 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
922 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
923
924 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
925 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
926 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
927 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
928 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
929 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
930 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
931 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
932
933 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
934
935 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
936 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
937 automatically when the system clock changed.)
938
939 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
940 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
941
942 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
943 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
944 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
945
946 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
947
948 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
949
950 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
951 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
952
953 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
954 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
955 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
956 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
957 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
958 external user databases.
959
960 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
961 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
962 refused due to the enforced limits.
963
964 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
965 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
966 manages.
967
968 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
969 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
970 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
971 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
972 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
973 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
974 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
975 wher this is now used by default.
976
977 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
978 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
979
980 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
981 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
982 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
983 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
984 update process in a generic way.
985
986 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
987
988 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
989 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
990 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
991 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
992 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
993 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
994 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
995 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
996 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
997 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
998 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
999 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1000 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1001 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1002 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1003 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1004 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1005 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1006 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1007 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1008 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1009 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1010 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1011 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1012 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1013 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1014 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1015 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1016 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1017
1018 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1019
1020 CHANGES WITH 238:
1021
1022 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1023 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1024 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1025 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1026 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1027 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1028 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1029 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1030 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1031 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1032 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1033 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1034 to revert this change.
1035
1036 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1037 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1038 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1039 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1040 once at the end of the transaction.
1041
1042 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1043 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1044 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1045 scripts.
1046
1047 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1048 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1049 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1050 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1051 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1052 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1053 still allowing local admin overrides.
1054
1055 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1056 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1057 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1058
1059 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1060 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1061 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1062 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1063 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1064
1065 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1066 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1067 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1068 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1069 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1070 from package installation scripts.
1071
1072 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1073 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1074 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1075
1076 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1077 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1078
1079 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1080 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1081 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1082
1083 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1084 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1085 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1086 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1087
1088 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1089 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1090 which are triggered meanwhile).
1091
1092 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1093 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1094 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1095 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1096 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1097
1098 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1099 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1100 rotated very quickly.
1101
1102 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1103 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1104 pending bus messages.
1105
1106 * systemd gained a new
1107 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1108 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1109 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1110 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1111 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1112 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1113 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1114 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1115 session scope.
1116
1117 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1118 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1119 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1120 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1121 the tree to be accessed.
1122
1123 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1124 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1125 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1126
1127 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1128 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1129 to keys in the main keyring.
1130
1131 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1132
1133 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1134 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1135
1136 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1137
1138 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1139 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1140 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1141 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1142 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1143 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1144 explicitly.
1145
1146 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1147 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1148
1149 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1150 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1151 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1152 be restarted.
1153
1154 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1155 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1156
1157 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1158 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1159 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1160 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1161 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1162 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1163 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1164 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1165 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1166 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1167 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1168 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1169 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1170 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1171 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1172 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1173
1174 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1175
1176 CHANGES WITH 237:
1177
1178 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1179 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1180 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1181 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1182
1183 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1184 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1185 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1186 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1187 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1188 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1189 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1190 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1191 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1192 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1193
1194 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1195 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1196 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1197 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1198 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1199 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1200 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1201 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1202 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1203 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1204
1205 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1206 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1207 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1208 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1209 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1210 now provides explicit control.
1211
1212 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1213 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1214 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1215 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1216 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1217 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1218 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1219
1220 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1221 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1222 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1223
1224 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1225 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1226
1227 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1228 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1229 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1230 versions.
1231
1232 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1233 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1234 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1235 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1236 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1237 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1238 understands RapidCommit=.
1239
1240 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1241 Delegation.
1242
1243 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1244 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1245 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1246 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1247 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1248 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1249 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1250 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1251 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1252
1253 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1254 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1255 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1256 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1257 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1258 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1259 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1260 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1261 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1262 "Disconnected" signals).
1263
1264 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1265 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1266 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1267 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1268 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1269 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1270 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1271 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1272 round-trips are removed.
1273
1274 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1275 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1276 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1277 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1278
1279 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1280 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1281 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1282 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1283 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1284 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1285
1286 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1287 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1288 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1289 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1290 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1291 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1292 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1293 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1294 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1295 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1296
1297 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1298 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1299 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1300 when the event source is destroyed.
1301
1302 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1303 connections.
1304
1305 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1306 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1307 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1308 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1309 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1310 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1311 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1312
1313 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1314 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1315 manager.
1316
1317 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1318 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1319 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1320 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1321 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1322
1323 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1324 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1325 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1326 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1327 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1328 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1329
1330 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1331 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1332 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1333 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1334 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1335 level/target is given as an argument.
1336
1337 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1338 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1339 where UID and GID do not match.
1340
1341 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1342 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1343 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1344 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1345 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1346 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1347 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1348 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1349 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1350 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1351 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1352 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1353 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1354 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1355 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1356 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1357 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1358 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1359 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1360 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1361 Палаузов
1362
1363 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1364
1365 CHANGES WITH 236:
1366
1367 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1368 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1369 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1370 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1371
1372 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1373 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1374 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1375 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1376 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1377 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1378 valid specifiers today.)
1379
1380 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1381 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1382 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1383 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1384 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1385 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1386
1387 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1388 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1389 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1390 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1391
1392 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1393 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1394 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1395 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1396 services are resolved properly.
1397
1398 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1399 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1400 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1401 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1402 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1403 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1404 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1405 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1406 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1407 and btrfs.
1408
1409 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1410 DNS server and domain information.
1411
1412 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1413 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1414 runtime.
1415
1416 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1417 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1418 empty for the first time.
1419
1420 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1421 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1422 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1423 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1424 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1425 running in the user session.
1426
1427 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1428 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1429 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1430 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1431 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1432 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1433 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1434 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1435 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1436 user instance).
1437
1438 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1439 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1440
1441 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1442 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1443 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1444 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1445
1446 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1447 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1448
1449 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1450 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1451 sleep verbs.
1452
1453 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1454
1455 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1456 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1457
1458 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1459
1460 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1461 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1462 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1463
1464 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1465 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1466 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1467 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1468 instance.
1469
1470 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1471 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1472 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1473
1474 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1475 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1476 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1477
1478 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1479
1480 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1481 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1482 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1483 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1484 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1485 processes.
1486
1487 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1488 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1489 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1490 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1491
1492 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1493 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1494 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1495
1496 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1497 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1498 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1499 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1500 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1501
1502 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1503 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1504
1505 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1506 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1507 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1508 time the specified expression would elapse.
1509
1510 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1511 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1512 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1513 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1514 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1515 types, not just services.
1516
1517 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1518 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1519 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1520 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1521
1522 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1523 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1524 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1525 interface for this purpose.
1526
1527 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1528 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1529 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1530 anyway.
1531
1532 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1533 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1534 requirements of systemd.
1535
1536 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1537 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1538 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1539
1540 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1541 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1542 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1543 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1544
1545 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1546 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1547 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1548 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1549
1550 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1551 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1552
1553 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1554 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1555 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1556 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1557 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1558 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1559
1560 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1561 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1562 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1563
1564 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1565 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1566 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1567 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1568 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1569 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1570 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1571 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1572 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1573 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1574 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1575 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1576 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1577 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1578 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1579 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1580 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1581 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1582 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1583 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1584 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1585 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1586 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1587
1588 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1589
1590 CHANGES WITH 235:
1591
1592 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1593 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1594 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1595 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1596 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1597 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1598 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1599 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1600 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1601 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1602 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1603 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1604 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1605 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1606 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1607 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1608 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1609 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1610 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1611 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1612 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1613 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1614 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1615 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1616 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1617 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1618
1619 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1620 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1621 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1622 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1623 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1624 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1625 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1626 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1627
1628 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1629 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1630 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1631 used to change those values.
1632
1633 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1634 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1635 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1636 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1637 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1638 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1639
1640 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1641 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1642 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1643 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1644
1645 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1646 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1647 one top-level directory.
1648
1649 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1650 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1651 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1652 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1653 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1654 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1655 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1656 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1657 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1658 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1659 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1660 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1661 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1662 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1663 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1664
1665 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1666 Meson-only.
1667
1668 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1669 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1670 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1671 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1672 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1673 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1674 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1675 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1676 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1677 acceptable to us.
1678
1679 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1680 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1681 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1682 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1683 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1684 requested at build time.
1685
1686 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1687 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1688 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1689 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1690 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1691 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1692 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1693 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1694 Type= setting which permits configuring
1695 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1696
1697 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1698 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1699 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1700 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1701 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1702 local frames between bridge ports.
1703
1704 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1705 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1706 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1707
1708 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1709 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1710
1711 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1712 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1713 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1714 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1715
1716 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1717 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1718 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1719 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1720 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1721 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1722 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1723 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1724
1725 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1726 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1727 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1728 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1729 command.)
1730
1731 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1732 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1733 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1734
1735 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1736 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
1737 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1738 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1739
1740 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1741 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1742 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1743 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1744 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1745 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1746 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1747 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1748 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1749 on systems where this is not supported.
1750
1751 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1752 sockets.
1753
1754 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1755 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1756 during runtime.
1757
1758 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1759 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
1760 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
1761
1762 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1763 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1764 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1765
1766 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1767 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
1768 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1769 Following this logic, two new special targets
1770 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
1771 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1772 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
1773
1774 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
1775 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1776 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
1777 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1778
1779 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1780 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1781 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1782 --wait".
1783
1784 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1785 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1786 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1787 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1788 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1789 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1790 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1791 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1792 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1793
1794 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
1795 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
1796 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1797 invocation.
1798
1799 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1800 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1801 processes.
1802
1803 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1804 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1805 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
1806 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1807 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
1808 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1809 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1810 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1811 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1812 systems for all five operations.
1813
1814 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1815 the system.
1816
1817 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1818 than UTC or the local timezone.
1819
1820 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
1821 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1822 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1823 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1824 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1825 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1826 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1827 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
1828
1829 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1830 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1831 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1832 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
1833 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1834 again.
1835
1836 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1837 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1838 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
1839
1840 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1841 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
1842 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1843 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1844 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1845 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1846 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1847 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1848 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1849 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1850 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1851 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1852 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1853 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1854 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1855 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1856 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1857 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1858 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1859 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1860
1861 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
1862
1863 CHANGES WITH 234:
1864
1865 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1866 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1867 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1868 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1869 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1870 summary:
1871
1872 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1873
1874 becomes:
1875
1876 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1877
1878 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1879 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1880 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1881 .device units.
1882
1883 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1884 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1885 running a systemd user instance.
1886
1887 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1888 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1889 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1890 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1891 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1892 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1893
1894 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
1895
1896 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1897 (domain search list).
1898
1899 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
1900 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
1901 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1902 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1903 implementation of RA.
1904
1905 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1906 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1907 ISO date values.
1908
1909 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1910 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1911 devices.
1912
1913 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1914 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1915 option.
1916
1917 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
1918 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1919 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1920 default yet.
1921
1922 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1923 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1924 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1925 SHA256SUMS files.
1926
1927 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1928 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1929
1930 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1931
1932 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1933
1934 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1935 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
1936
1937 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1938 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1939 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1940 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1941
1942 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1943 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
1944 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
1945 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1946 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1947 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1948 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1949 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1950 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1951 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1952
1953 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1954 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1955 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1956 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
1957 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
1958 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1959
1960 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
1961 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1962 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1963 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1964 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
1965 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1966 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1967 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1968 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
1969 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1970 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1971 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1972 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1973 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1974 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1975 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1976 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1977 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1978 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1979 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1980 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1981 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1982 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1983 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1984 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1985 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1986 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
1987 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1988 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1989 Георгиевски
1990
1991 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
1992
1993 CHANGES WITH 233:
1994
1995 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1996 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1997 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1998 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1999 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2000 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2001 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2002 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2003 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2004
2005 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2006 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2007 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2008 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2009 default selected on the configure command line
2010 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2011 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2012 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2013 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2014 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2015 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2016 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2017 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2018 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2019 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2020
2021 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2022 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2023 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2024 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2025 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2026 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2027 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2028 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2029 further details about this.)
2030
2031 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2032 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2033 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2034
2035 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2036 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2037
2038 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2039 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2040 with 'make install-tests'.
2041
2042 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2043 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2044 kernel.
2045
2046 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2047 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2048 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2049 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2050 by the Slice= option.
2051
2052 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2053 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2054 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2055 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2056
2057 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2058 following choices:
2059
2060 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2061 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2062 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2063 (h)elp
2064 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2065 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2066 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2067 (y)es, execute the command
2068
2069 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2070 because its meaning was confusing.
2071
2072 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2073 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2074
2075 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2076 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2077 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2078
2079 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2080 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2081 state directly, without executing these commands.
2082
2083 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2084 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2085 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2086
2087 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2088 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2089 combination with After=) have been started.
2090
2091 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2092 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2093 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2094
2095 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2096 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2097 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2098 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2099 configuration related calls.
2100
2101 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2102 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2103 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2104 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2105 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2106 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2107 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2108
2109 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2110 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2111
2112 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2113 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2114 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2115
2116 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2117 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2118
2119 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2120 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2121 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2122 for compatibility.
2123
2124 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2125 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2126
2127 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2128 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2129
2130 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2131 support for negative matching.
2132
2133 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2134
2135 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2136 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2137
2138 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2139 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2140 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2141 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2142 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2143 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2144 removed from the drive.
2145
2146 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2147 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2148
2149 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2150 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2151
2152 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2153 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2154 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2155
2156 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2157 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2158 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2159 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2160 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2161 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2162 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2163
2164 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2165 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2166 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2167 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2168 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2169 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2170
2171 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2172 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2173
2174 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2175 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2176 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2177 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2178 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2179 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2180 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2181 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2182
2183 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2184 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2185 including all control processes.
2186
2187 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2188 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2189 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2190
2191 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2192 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2193 prefixing the source path with "+".
2194
2195 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2196 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2197 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2198 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2199 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2200 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2201 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2202 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2203
2204 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2205 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2206 before).
2207
2208 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2209 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2210 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2211 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2212 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2213 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2214 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2215
2216 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2217 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2218 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2219 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2220 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2221 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2222 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2223 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2224 versions.
2225
2226 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2227 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2228 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2229 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2230 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2231 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2232 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2233 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2234 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2235 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2236 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2237 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2238 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2239 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2240 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2241 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2242 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2243 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2244 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2245 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2246 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2247
2248 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2249 accelerometer quirks.
2250
2251 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2252 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2253 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2254 ID of each service.
2255
2256 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2257 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2258 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2259 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2260 view.
2261
2262 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2263 environment variables:
2264
2265 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2266
2267 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2268 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2269 address.
2270
2271 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2272 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2273 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2274
2275 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2276 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2277 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2278 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2279 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2280 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2281 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2282 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2283 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2284 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2285 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2286 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2287 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2288
2289 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2290 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2291 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2292
2293 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2294 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2295
2296 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2297 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2298 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2299 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2300 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2301
2302 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2303 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2304 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2305
2306 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2307 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2308
2309 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2310 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2311 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2312 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2313
2314 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2315 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2316 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2317 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2318 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2319 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2320 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2321 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2322 possibly even including full integrity data.
2323
2324 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2325 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2326 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2327 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2328 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2329
2330 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2331 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2332 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2333 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2334 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2335
2336 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2337 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2338 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2339 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2340
2341 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2342 of coredumps in reverse order.
2343
2344 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2345 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2346 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2347 additional informational message in its output.
2348
2349 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2350 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2351 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2352
2353 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2354 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2355 scripting languages such as Python.
2356
2357 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2358 namespacing is enabled for them.
2359
2360 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2361 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2362 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2363 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2364 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2365 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2366
2367 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2368 root key (KSK).
2369
2370 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2371 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2372 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2373
2374 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2375 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2376 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2377 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2378 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2379 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2380 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2381 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2382 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2383 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2384 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2385 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2386 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2387 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2388 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2389 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2390 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2391 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2392 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2393 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2394 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2395 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2396 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2397 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2398 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2399 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2400 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2401 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2402 Тихонов
2403
2404 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2405
2406 CHANGES WITH 232:
2407
2408 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2409 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2410 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2411 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2412 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2413 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2414
2415 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2416 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2417
2418 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2419 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2420 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2421
2422 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2423 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2424 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2425
2426 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2427 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2428 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2429 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2430
2431 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2432 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2433
2434 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2435 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2436 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2437
2438 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2439 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2440 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2441 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2442 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2443 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2444 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2445 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2446 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2447 permanent modifications to the system.
2448
2449 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2450 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2451 container or chroot environments.
2452
2453 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2454 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2455 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2456 mapped to nobody.
2457
2458 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2459 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2460 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2461 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2462
2463 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2464 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2465
2466 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2467 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2468 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2469 and the support is provisional.
2470
2471 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2472 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2473 unit files in the file system).
2474
2475 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2476 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2477 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2478 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2479 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2480 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2481 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2482 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2483 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2484 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2485 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2486 state is fixed automatically.
2487
2488 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2489 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2490 option.
2491
2492 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2493 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2494 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2495 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2496 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2497 else.
2498
2499 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2500 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2501 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2502 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2503 bootable on physical systems.
2504
2505 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2506
2507 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2508 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2509 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2510 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2511 used.
2512
2513 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2514 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2515 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2516 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2517
2518 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2519
2520 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2521 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2522 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2523 of the container).
2524
2525 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2526 files from the specified location.
2527
2528 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2529 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2530 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2531 be active.
2532
2533 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2534 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2535 trackball devices.
2536
2537 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2538 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2539 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2540
2541 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2542 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2543 specified service binary exited.)
2544
2545 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2546 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2547
2548 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2549 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2550 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2551 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2552 --since= and --until= options.
2553
2554 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2555 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2556 are automatically propagated to the container.
2557
2558 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2559 from a single IP address can be limited with
2560 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2561 MaxConnections=.
2562
2563 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2564 configuration.
2565
2566 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2567 drop-ins.
2568
2569 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2570 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2571 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2572 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2573 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2574 [Link] section of .link files.
2575
2576 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2577 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2578 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2579 section of .netdev files.
2580
2581 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2582 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2583 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2584
2585 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2586 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2587 .network files.
2588
2589 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2590 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2591 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2592 service runtime cycle.
2593
2594 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2595 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2596 has been traditionally doing.
2597
2598 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2599 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2600 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2601 prevent any later plugins from running.
2602
2603 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2604 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2605 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2606 default of SplitMode=uid.
2607
2608 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2609 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2610 useful.
2611
2612 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2613 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2614 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2615 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2616 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2617 individual namespaces.
2618
2619 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2620 the output, as well as OS release information.
2621
2622 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2623
2624 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2625 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2626 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2627 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2628 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2629
2630 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2631 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2632 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2633 severed.
2634
2635 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2636 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2637 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2638 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2639 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2640 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2641 information about exit statuses and results.
2642
2643 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2644 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2645 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2646 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2647 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2648 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2649
2650 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2651
2652 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2653 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2654 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2655 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2656 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2657 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2658 entirely.
2659
2660 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2661 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2662 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2663
2664 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2665 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2666 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2667 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2668 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2669 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2670 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2671 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2672 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2673 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2674 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2675 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2676 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2677 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2678 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2679 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2680 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2681
2682 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2683 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2684 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2685 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2686
2687 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2688 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2689 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2690 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2691
2692 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2693 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2694 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2695 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2696 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2697 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2698 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2699 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2700 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2701 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2702 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2703 fragment entirely.)
2704
2705 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2706 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2707 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2708
2709 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2710 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2711 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2712 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2713
2714 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2715 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2716 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2717 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2718 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2719 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2720
2721 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2722 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2723
2724 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2725 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2726
2727 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2728 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2729 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2730 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2731 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2732
2733 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2734 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2735 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2736 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2737 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2738 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2739 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2740 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2741 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2742 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2743 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2744 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2745 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2746 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2747 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2748 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2749 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2750 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2751 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2752 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2753 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2754 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2755 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2756 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2757 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2758 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2759
2760 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
2761
2762 CHANGES WITH 231:
2763
2764 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2765 with an additional special character as first argument of the
2766 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
2767 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2768 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2769 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2770 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2771 independently.
2772
2773 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2774 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2775
2776 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2777 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2778 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2779 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
2780 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
2781 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2782 values.
2783
2784 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2785 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2786 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2787 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2788 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2789
2790 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2791 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2792 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2793 7:10am every day.
2794
2795 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2796 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2797 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2798 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2799 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2800 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2801 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2802 available for compatibility.
2803
2804 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2805 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2806 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2807 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2808 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2809 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2810
2811 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2812 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2813 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2814 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2815 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2816 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2817 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2818 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2819 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2820
2821 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2822 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2823 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2824 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
2825 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2826 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2827 desired options.
2828
2829 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2830 cgroup v2.
2831
2832 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2833 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2834 limited to subgroups of that group.
2835
2836 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2837 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2838 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
2839 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
2840 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2841 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2842 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2843 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2844
2845 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2846 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2847 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2848 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2849 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2850 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2851 own long-running services.
2852
2853 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2854 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2855 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2856 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2857
2858 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2859 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2860 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2861 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2862 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2863 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2864 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2865 primitives.
2866
2867 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2868 "terminate".
2869
2870 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2871 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2872
2873 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2874 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2875 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2876 --flush-caches".
2877
2878 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
2879 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2880 is shown.
2881
2882 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2883 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2884 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
2885 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
2886 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2887 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2888
2889 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2890 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2891 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2892 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2893 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2894 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2895 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2896 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2897 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2898 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2899 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2900 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2901 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2902 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2903 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2904 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2905 bus API instead.
2906
2907 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2908 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2909 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2910 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2911
2912 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2913 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2914 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2915 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2916
2917 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2918 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2919 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2920
2921 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2922 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2923
2924 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2925 interface configuration.
2926
2927 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2928 specifying the --force switch.
2929
2930 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2931 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2932 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2933
2934 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2935 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2936 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2937 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
2938 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
2939 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2940 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2941 to be handled.
2942
2943 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2944 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2945
2946 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2947 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2948
2949 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2950 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2951 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2952
2953 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2954 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2955
2956 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2957 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2958 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2959 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2960 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2961 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
2962 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
2963 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2964 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2965 library.
2966
2967 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2968 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2969 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2970 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2971 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2972 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
2973 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
2974 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2975 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
2976 doc/HACKING for details.
2977
2978 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2979 distribution's bugtracker.
2980
2981 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2982 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2983 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2984 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2985 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2986 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2987 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2988 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2989 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2990 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2991 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2992 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2993 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2994 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2995 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2996 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
2997 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2998 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
2999 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3000
3001 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3002
3003 CHANGES WITH 230:
3004
3005 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3006 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3007 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3008 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3009 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3010 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3011 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3012 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3013 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3014 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3015 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3016 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3017 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3018 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3019 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3020 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3021 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3022 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3023 applications.)
3024
3025 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3026 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3027 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3028
3029 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3030 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3031 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3032 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3033 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3034 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3035 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3036
3037 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3038 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3039 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3040 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3041 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3042 command works for tmux.
3043
3044 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3045 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3046 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3047 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3048 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3049 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3050
3051 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3052 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3053
3054 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3055 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3056 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3057
3058 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3059
3060 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3061 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3062 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3063 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3064 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3065
3066 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3067 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3068 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3069 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3070
3071 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3072 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3073 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3074 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3075 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3076 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3077
3078 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3079 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3080 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3081
3082 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3083 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3084 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3085 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3086 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3087 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3088
3089 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3090 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3091 address.
3092
3093 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3094 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3095 should be emitted.
3096
3097 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3098 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3099 supported.
3100
3101 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3102 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3103 logging performance.
3104
3105 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3106 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3107 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3108 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3109 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3110 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3111
3112 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3113 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3114 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3115 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3116
3117 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3118 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3119
3120 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3121 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3122 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3123
3124 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3125
3126 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3127 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3128 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3129 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3130
3131 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3132 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3133 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3134 refuse to operate on such files.
3135
3136 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3137 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3138 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3139
3140 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3141 just hidden container images.
3142
3143 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3144 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3145
3146 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3147 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3148 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3149 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3150 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3151 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3152 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3153 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3154 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3155 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3156 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3157
3158 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3159 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3160 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3161 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3162 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3163 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3164 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3165 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3166 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3167 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3168 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3169 terminates.
3170
3171 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3172 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3173 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3174 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3175
3176 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3177 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3178 rate of the socket unit.
3179
3180 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3181 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3182 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3183 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3184 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3185
3186 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3187 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3188 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3189 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3190 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3191 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3192 with this.
3193
3194 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3195 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3196
3197 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3198 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3199
3200 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3201 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3202 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3203 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3204 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3205
3206 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3207 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3208 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3209
3210 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3211 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3212 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3213 target is now included in early userspace.
3214
3215 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3216 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3217 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3218 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3219 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3220 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3221 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3222 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3223 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3224 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3225 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3226 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3227 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3228 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3229 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3230 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3231 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3232 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3233 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3234 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3235 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3236 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3237 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3238 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3239 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3240 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3241
3242 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3243
3244 CHANGES WITH 229:
3245
3246 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3247 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3248 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3249 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3250 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3251 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3252 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3253 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3254 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3255 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3256 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3257 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3258 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3259
3260 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3261 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3262 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3263 /usr/bin.
3264
3265 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3266 devices.
3267
3268 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3269 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3270 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3271 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3272 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3273 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3274 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3275 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3276 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3277 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3278 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3279 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3280 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3281 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3282 this limit.
3283
3284 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3285 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3286 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3287 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3288 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3289 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3290 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3291 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3292
3293 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3294 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3295 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3296 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3297 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3298 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3299 and group at package installation time.
3300
3301 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3302 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3303 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3304 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3305 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3306
3307 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3308 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3309 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3310 supports it.
3311
3312 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3313 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3314
3315 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3316 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3317 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3318 file is already initialized.
3319
3320 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3321 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3322 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3323 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3324 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3325 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3326 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3327 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3328 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3329
3330 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3331 working directory for the process started in the container.
3332
3333 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3334 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3335 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3336 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3337 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3338
3339 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3340 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3341 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3342
3343 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3344 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3345 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3346 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3347
3348 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3349 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3350 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3351 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3352 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3353
3354 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3355 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3356 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3357 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3358
3359 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3360 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3361 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3362 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3363 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3364 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3365 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3366 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3367 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3368 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3369 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3370 by PID 1.
3371
3372 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3373 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3374 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3375 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3376 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3377 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3378 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3379 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3380
3381 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3382
3383 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3384 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3385 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3386
3387 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3388 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3389 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3390 recent kernels.
3391
3392 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3393 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3394
3395 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3396 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3397 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3398 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3399 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3400 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3401 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3402 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3403 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3404 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3405 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3406 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3407 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3408
3409 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3410 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3411 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3412 clusters or larger setups.
3413
3414 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3415
3416 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3417 sockets.
3418
3419 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3420
3421 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3422 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3423 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3424 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3425 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3426 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3427
3428 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3429 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3430 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3431
3432 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3433 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3434 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3435 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3436
3437 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3438
3439 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3440 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3441 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3442 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3443 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3444 maintain compatibility.
3445
3446 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3447 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3448 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3449 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3450 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3451 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3452 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3453 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3454 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3455 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3456 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3457 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3458 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3459 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3460 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3461 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3462 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3463 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3464 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3465
3466 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3467
3468 CHANGES WITH 228:
3469
3470 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3471 files are now also available as properties to set when
3472 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3473 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3474 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3475 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3476 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3477 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3478 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3479
3480 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3481 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3482 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3483
3484 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3485 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3486 created transiently.
3487
3488 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3489 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3490 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3491 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3492 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3493 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3494 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3495 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3496
3497 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3498 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3499 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3500
3501 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3502 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3503 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3504 enabled.
3505
3506 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3507 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3508 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3509 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3510 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3511 subvolumes.
3512
3513 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3514 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3515
3516 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3517 individual indexes.
3518
3519 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3520 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3521 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3522 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3523 suffixes now.
3524
3525 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3526 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3527 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3528 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3529 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3530 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3531 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3532 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3533 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3534 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3535 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3536 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3537 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3538 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3539 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3540 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3541 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3542 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3543 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3544 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3545 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3546
3547 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3548 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3549 links between the host and the container.
3550
3551 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3552 added that allows importing select environment variables
3553 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3554 the service.
3555
3556 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3557 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3558 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3559 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3560 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3561 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3562 than until they first elapse.
3563
3564 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3565 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3566 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3567 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3568 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3569 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3570 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3571 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3572
3573 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3574 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3575 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3576 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3577 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3578 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3579 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3580 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3581 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3582 journal and in coredump handling.
3583
3584 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3585 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3586 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3587 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3588 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3589 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3590 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3591 software you package still references it, as this is a
3592 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3593 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3594
3595 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3596
3597 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3598 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3599
3600 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3601 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3602 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3603
3604 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3605 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3606 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3607 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3608 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3609 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3610 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3611 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3612 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3613 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3614 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3615 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3616 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3617 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3618 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3619 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3620
3621 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3622 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3623 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3624 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3625 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3626 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3627 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3628 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3629 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3630 surprises.
3631
3632 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3633 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3634 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3635 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3636 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3637 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3638 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3639 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3640 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3641 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3642 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3643 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3644 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3645 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3646 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3647 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3648 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3649 of PID 1 is the root user).
3650
3651 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3652 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3653 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3654 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3655 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3656 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3657 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3658 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3659 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3660 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3661 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3662 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3663 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3664 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3665 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3666
3667 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3668
3669 CHANGES WITH 227:
3670
3671 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3672 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3673 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3674
3675 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3676 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3677 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3678 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3679 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3680 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3681
3682 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3683 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3684 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3685 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3686 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3687
3688 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3689 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3690 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3691 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3692 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3693 packets on unestablished sockets.
3694
3695 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3696 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3697 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3698 automatically.
3699
3700 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3701 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3702 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3703
3704 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3705 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3706 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3707 for disk IO.
3708
3709 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3710 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3711 removed.
3712
3713 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3714 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3715 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3716 configured in User=.
3717
3718 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3719 directory of the selected user by default.
3720
3721 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3722 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3723 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3724 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3725 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3726 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3727 compat reasons.
3728
3729 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
3730 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
3731 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3732 units.
3733
3734 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3735 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3736 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3737 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3738 level.
3739
3740 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3741 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3742 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3743 namespaces work correctly.
3744
3745 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3746 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3747 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
3748 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
3749 activation.
3750
3751 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3752 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3753 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3754 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3755 system instance in a container.
3756
3757 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3758 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3759 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3760 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3761 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3762 connections.
3763
3764 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3765 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3766
3767 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3768 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3769 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3770 processes attached, or similar.
3771
3772 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3773 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3774 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3775
3776 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3777 specifiers like %i or %f.
3778
3779 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
3780 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3781 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3782 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3783
3784 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3785 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
3786 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
3787 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3788 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3789 descriptors using sd_notify().
3790
3791 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3792
3793 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
3794 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
3795
3796 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3797 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3798
3799 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
3800 .network files.
3801
3802 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3803 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3804 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3805 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3806 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3807 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3808 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3809 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3810 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3811 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3812 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3813 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3814 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3815 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3816 gdm-autologin is used.
3817
3818 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3819 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3820 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3821 next to the image file.
3822
3823 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3824 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3825 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3826 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3827
3828 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3829 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3830 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3831 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3832 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3833 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3834
3835 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3836 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3837 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3838 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
3839 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
3840 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3841 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3842 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3843 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3844 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3845 number of files in place.
3846
3847 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3848 on kernels where that is supported.
3849
3850 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
3851
3852 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3853 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3854 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3855 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3856 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3857 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3858 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3859 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3860 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3861 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3862 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3863 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3864 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3865 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3866 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3867 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3868 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3869 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3870
3871 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
3872
3873 CHANGES WITH 226:
3874
3875 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3876 new features:
3877
3878 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3879 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3880 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3881 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3882 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3883 is any) is propagated.
3884
3885 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3886 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3887 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3888 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3889 information is enabled between host and containers by
3890 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3891 to what the host has set.
3892
3893 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3894 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3895
3896 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3897 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3898 information back, even if the server loses state.
3899
3900 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3901 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3902 PoolSize=.
3903
3904 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3905 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3906 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3907 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3908
3909 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3910 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3911 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3912 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3913 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3914
3915 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3916 for virtio devices.
3917
3918 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3919 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3920 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3921 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3922 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3923 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3924 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3925 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
3926 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
3927 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3928 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3929 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3930 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3931 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3932 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3933 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3934 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3935 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3936 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3937 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3938 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3939 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3940 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3941 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3942 grants them.
3943
3944 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3945 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3946 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3947 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3948 group tree.
3949
3950 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3951 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3952 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3953 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3954 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3955 work correctly in containers now.
3956
3957 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3958 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3959
3960 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3961 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
3962 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3963 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3964 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3965
3966 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3967 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3968 signal events.
3969
3970 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3971 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3972 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3973 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
3974
3975 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3976 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3977 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3978 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3979 nspawn command line.
3980
3981 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3982 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3983 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3984 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3985 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3986 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3987 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3988 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
3989
3990 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
3991
3992 CHANGES WITH 225:
3993
3994 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3995 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3996 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3997 shell directly without prompting for username or
3998 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3999 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4000 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4001 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4002 the originating session.
4003
4004 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4005 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4006
4007 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4008 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4009 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4010 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4011 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4012 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4013 probably not stabilize on this release.
4014
4015 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4016 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4017 messages.
4018
4019 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4020 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4021 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4022
4023 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4024 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4025
4026 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4027 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4028 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4029 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4030 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4031 posteriori.
4032
4033 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4034 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4035
4036 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4037 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4038 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4039 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4040 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4041 "lastlog" tools.
4042
4043 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4044 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4045 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4046 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4047 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4048
4049 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4050 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4051 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4052 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4053 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4054 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4055 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4056 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4057 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4058 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4059 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4060 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4061
4062 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4063
4064 CHANGES WITH 224:
4065
4066 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4067 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4068
4069 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4070 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4071 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4072
4073 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4074 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4075 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4076
4077 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4078
4079 CHANGES WITH 223:
4080
4081 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4082 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4083 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4084 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4085
4086 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4087 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4088
4089 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4090 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4091
4092 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4093
4094 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4095 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4096 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4097
4098 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4099 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4100 decapsulated packet.
4101
4102 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4103 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4104 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4105 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4106 netlink attribute.
4107
4108 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4109 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4110 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4111 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4112
4113 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4114 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4115 according to RFC2460.
4116
4117 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4118 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4119
4120 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4121 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4122 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4123
4124 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4125 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4126 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4127 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4128 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4129 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4130
4131 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4132 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4133 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4134 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4135 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4136 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4137 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4138 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4139 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4140 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4141
4142 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4143
4144 CHANGES WITH 222:
4145
4146 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4147 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4148 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4149
4150 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4151 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4152
4153 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4154 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4155 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4156 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4157 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4158
4159 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4160 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4161 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4162
4163 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4164 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4165 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4166 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4167 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4168
4169 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4170
4171 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4172 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4173 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4174 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4175 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4176 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4177 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4178 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4179 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4180 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4181
4182 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4183
4184 CHANGES WITH 221:
4185
4186 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4187 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4188 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4189 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4190 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4191 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4192 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4193 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4194 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4195 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4196 portable to other kernels.
4197
4198 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4199 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4200 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4201 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4202 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4203 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4204 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4205 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4206 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4207 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4208 systemd enabled.
4209
4210 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4211 2.26.
4212
4213 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4214 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4215 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4216 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4217 in README for details.
4218
4219 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4220 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4221 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4222 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4223 unit.
4224
4225 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4226 into man pages.
4227
4228 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4229 external project.
4230
4231 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4232 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4233
4234 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4235 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4236 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4237 state.
4238
4239 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4240 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4241 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4242
4243 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4244 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4245 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4246 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4247 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4248 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4249 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4250 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4251 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4252 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4253 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4254 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4255 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4256 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4257 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4258 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4259
4260 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4261
4262 CHANGES WITH 220:
4263
4264 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4265 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4266 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4267 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4268 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4269 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4270 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4271 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4272
4273 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4274 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4275 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4276 service consumed). This value is only available if
4277 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4278 in the "systemctl status" output.
4279
4280 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4281 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4282 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4283 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4284 previously was already the default behaviour).
4285
4286 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4287 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4288 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4289
4290 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4291 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4292 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4293 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4294
4295 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4296 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4297 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4298 journalling file systems that support external journal
4299 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4300 systems to be mounted.
4301
4302 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4303 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4304 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4305 stable release this should not be problematic.
4306
4307 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4308 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4309 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4310 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4311 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4312
4313 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4314 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4315 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4316 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4317 network switches.
4318
4319 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4320 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4321
4322 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4323 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4324 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4325
4326 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4327
4328 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4329 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4330 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4331 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4332 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4333 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4334 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4335 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4336 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4337 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4338 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4339 been fixed in v220.
4340
4341 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4342 systemd-networkd.
4343
4344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4345 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4346 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4347 containers started from the command line.
4348
4349 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4350 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4351
4352 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4353 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4354 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4355 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4356
4357 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4358 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4359 when shutting down.
4360
4361 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4362 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4363 overlayfs support.
4364
4365 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4366 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4367 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4368 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4369 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4370 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4371 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4372
4373 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4374 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4375 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4376
4377 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4378 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4379 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4380 of v1 as before).
4381
4382 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4383 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4384
4385 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4386 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4387 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4388 without further privileges or authorization.
4389
4390 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4391 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4392 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4393 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4394 accessible via a bus interface.
4395
4396 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4397 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4398 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4399 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4400 to cover this functionality.
4401
4402 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4403 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4404 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4405 disabled/masked also stopped.
4406
4407 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4408 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4409 updated to support systemd-boot.
4410
4411 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4412 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4413 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4414 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4415 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4416 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4417 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4418 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4419 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4420
4421 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4422 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4423 system.
4424
4425 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4426 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4427 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4428 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4429 device symlinks.
4430
4431 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4432 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4433 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4434 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4435
4436 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4437 stick devices has been added.
4438
4439 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4440 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4441
4442 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4443 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4444 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4445 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4446 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4447
4448 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4449 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4450 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4451
4452 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4453 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4454 Debian.
4455
4456 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4457 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4458 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4459
4460 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4461 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4462 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4463 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4464 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4465 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4466 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4467 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4468 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4469 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4470 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4471 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4472 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4473 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4474 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4475 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4476 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4477 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4478 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4479 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4480 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4481 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4482 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4483 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4484 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4485 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4486 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4487
4488 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4489
4490 CHANGES WITH 219:
4491
4492 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4493 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4494 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4495 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4496 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4497 interface with and update the database.
4498
4499 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4500 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4501 before bytewise copying is done.
4502
4503 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4504 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4505 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4506 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4507 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4508 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4509 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4510 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4511 available on btrfs file systems.
4512
4513 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4514 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4515 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4516 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4517 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4518 systems.
4519
4520 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4521 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4522 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4523 mount point remains.
4524
4525 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4526 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4527 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4528 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4529 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4530 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4531 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4532 are disabled.
4533
4534 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4535 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4536 container to the host or vice versa.
4537
4538 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4539 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4540 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4541
4542 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4543 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4544
4545 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4546 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4547 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4548 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4549 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4550 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4551 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4552 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4553 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4554 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4555 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4556 make the functionality of importd available to the
4557 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4558 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4559 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4560 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4561 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4562 only fully supported on btrfs.
4563
4564 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4565 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4566 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4567 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4568 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4569 information about images.
4570
4571 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4572 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4573 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4574 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4575 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4576 legacy file systems).
4577
4578 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4579 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4580 shown in networkctl output.
4581
4582 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4583 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4584 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4585 processes as system services while interactively
4586 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4587 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4588 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4589 full login session, the difference being that the former
4590 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4591 setup.
4592
4593 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4594 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4595 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4596 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4597 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4598
4599 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4600 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4601 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4602 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4603 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4604 via qemu/kvm.
4605
4606 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4607 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4608 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4609 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4610 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4611 disk images, too.
4612
4613 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4614 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4615 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4616 integrate with that.
4617
4618 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4619 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4620 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4621 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4622
4623 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4624 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4625 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4626
4627 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4628 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4629 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4630 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4631 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4632 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4633 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4634 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4635 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4636 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4637
4638 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4639 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4640 files.
4641
4642 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4643 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4644 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4645 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4646 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4647 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4648 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4649 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4650 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4651 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4652 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4653 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4654 explicitly turned on.
4655
4656 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4657 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4658 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4659 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4660
4661 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4662 supported.
4663
4664 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4665 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4666 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4667 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4668 associated with a virtual machine or container
4669 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4670 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4671 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4672 output however.)
4673
4674 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4675 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4676 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4677 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4678 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4679 caller's session/user.
4680
4681 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4682 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4683 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4684 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4685 user services.
4686
4687 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4688 same way as unit files.
4689
4690 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4691 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4692 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4693 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4694 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4695 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4696 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4697 the host.
4698
4699 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4700 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4701 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4702 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4703 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4704 host.
4705
4706 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4707 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4708 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4709 updated to make use of it too by default.
4710
4711 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4712 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4713 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4714 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4715
4716 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4717 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4718 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4719 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4720 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4721 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4722 modification.
4723
4724 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4725 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4726 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4727 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
4728 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4729 information about Touchpad types.
4730
4731 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4732 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4733
4734 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4735 Policy link field.
4736
4737 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4738 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4739
4740 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4741 ACLs on files.
4742
4743 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4744 tmpfs, automatically.
4745
4746 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4747 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4748 status" output, if available.
4749
4750 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4751 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4752 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4753 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4754 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4755 run on next reboot.
4756
4757 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4758 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4759 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4760 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4761 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4762 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4763 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4764
4765 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4766 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4767 after a configurable timeout.
4768
4769 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4770 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4771 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4772 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4773 it non-idle.
4774
4775 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4776 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4777
4778 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4779 each .network interface in networkd.
4780
4781 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4782 in .network files.
4783
4784 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4785 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4786
4787 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
4788 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4789 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4790 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4791 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4792 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4793 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4794 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4795 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4796 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4797 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4798 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4799 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4800 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4801 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
4802 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4803 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4804 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4805 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4806 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4807 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4808 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
4809 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4810 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4811
4812 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
4813
4814 CHANGES WITH 218:
4815
4816 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4817 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4818 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
4819 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
4820
4821 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
4822 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
4823 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4824 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4825 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4826
4827 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4828
4829 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
4830 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
4831 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4832 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4833 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4834 modified configuration after editing.
4835
4836 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4837 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4838 system preset files.
4839
4840 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4841 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4842 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4843 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4844 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4845 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4846 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4847 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4848 other contexts.
4849
4850 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4851 inhibitors.
4852
4853 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
4854 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
4855 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4856 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4857 managers.
4858
4859 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4860 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4861 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4862 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4863 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
4864 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
4865 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4866 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4867 parallel to journald.
4868
4869 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4870 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4871 available.
4872
4873 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4874 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
4875 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
4876 or are not older than the specified time.
4877
4878 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4879 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4880 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4881 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4882
4883 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4884 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4885 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4886 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4887 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4888 communication.
4889
4890 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4891 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4892 services.
4893
4894 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4895 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4896 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4897 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4898 the new "busctl tree" command.
4899
4900 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4901 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4902 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4903 friendly way.
4904
4905 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4906 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4907 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4908 race-ful way.
4909
4910 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4911 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
4912 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
4913 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4914 --link-journal=try-guest.
4915
4916 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4917 stable MAC addresses.
4918
4919 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4920 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4921 the respective unit shall use.
4922
4923 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4924 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4925 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4926 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4927
4928 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
4929 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
4930 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
4931 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4932 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4933 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4934
4935 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
4936 details see:
4937
4938 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4939
4940 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4941 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
4942 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4943 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4944 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4945 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4946 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4947 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4948 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4949 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4950 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4951 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4952
4953 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4954 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4955 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4956 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4957 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4958
4959 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4960 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4961 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4962 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4963 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4964 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4965 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4966 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4967
4968 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
4969 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
4970 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4971 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4972 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4973 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4974 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4975 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4976 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4977 interface.
4978
4979 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4980 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4981 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4982 luks.name= argument.
4983
4984 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4985 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4986 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4987 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4988 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4989 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4990
4991 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4992 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4993 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4994
4995 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4996 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4997 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4998 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4999 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5000 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5001 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5002 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5003 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5004 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5005 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5006 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5007 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5008 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5009 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5010 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5011 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5012 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5013
5014 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5015
5016 CHANGES WITH 217:
5017
5018 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5019 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5020 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5021 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5022
5023 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5024 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5025 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5026 now waits until the operation is complete.
5027
5028 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5029 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5030 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5031 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5032 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5033 connection.
5034
5035 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5036 commands anymore.
5037
5038 * User units are now loaded also from
5039 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5040 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5041 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5042
5043 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5044 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5045 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5046 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5047 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5048 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5049 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5050 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5051 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5052 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5053 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5054 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5055 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5056 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5057 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5058 question.
5059
5060 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5061 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5062 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5063
5064 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5065 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5066 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5067 command line to trigger resume.
5068
5069 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5070 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5071 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5072 Desktop=systemd-console.
5073
5074 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5075 systemd-networkd.
5076
5077 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5078 from the information provided by the networking stack
5079 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5080
5081 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5082 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5083
5084 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5085 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5086 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5087
5088 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5089
5090 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5091 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5092 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5093 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5094 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5095 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5096
5097 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5098 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5099 respected.
5100
5101 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5102 virtualization.
5103
5104 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5105 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5106 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5107 on.
5108
5109 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5110
5111 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5112
5113 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5114 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5115 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5116 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5117 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5118 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5119 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5120
5121 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5122 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5123 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5124 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5125 from the service's view entirely.
5126
5127 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5128 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5129
5130 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5131 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5132 session.
5133
5134 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5135 legacy-free systems.
5136
5137 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5138 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5139 easily.
5140
5141 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5142 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5143 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5144 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5145 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5146 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5147 option.
5148
5149 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5150 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5151 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5152 /usr.
5153
5154 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5155 services, not only the main process.
5156
5157 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5158 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5159 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5160 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5161 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5162
5163 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5164 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5165 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5166 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5167 directly from now on, again.
5168
5169 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5170 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5171 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5172 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5173 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5174 enabling and disabling.
5175
5176 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5177 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5178 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5179 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5180 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5181 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5182 unnecessary or unlikely.
5183
5184 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5185 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5186 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5187 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5188
5189 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5190 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5191 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5192 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5193 overwritten at runtime.
5194
5195 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5196 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5197 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5198 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5199 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5200 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5201 segmentation fault.
5202
5203 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5204 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5205 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5206 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5207 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5208 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5209 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5210 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5211 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5212 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5213 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5214 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5215 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5216 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5217 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5218 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5219 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5220 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5221 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5222 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5223 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5224 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5225
5226 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5227
5228 CHANGES WITH 216:
5229
5230 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5231 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5232 implementations should add a
5233
5234 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5235
5236 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5237 default functionality.
5238
5239 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5240 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5241 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5242 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5243 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5244 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5245 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5246 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5247 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5248 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5249 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5250 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5251 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5252
5253 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5254 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5255 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5256 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5257 added eventually, too.
5258
5259 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5260 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5261 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5262 new command to update these fields.
5263
5264 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5265 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5266 have been discovered via DHCP.
5267
5268 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5269 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5270 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5271 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5272 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5273 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5274 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5275 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5276 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5277 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5278 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5279 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5280 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5281 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5282 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5283 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5284 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5285 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5286 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5287 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5288
5289 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5290 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5291 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5292
5293 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5294 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5295 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5296 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5297 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5298 control utility for networkd.
5299
5300 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5301 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5302 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5303 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5304 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5305 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5306 (NoDelay=).
5307
5308 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5309 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5310
5311 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5312 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5313 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5314 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5315 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5316 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5317
5318 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5319 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5320 of the link.
5321
5322 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5323 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5324
5325 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5326 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5327
5328 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5329 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5330 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5331 for DHCP.
5332
5333 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5334 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5335 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5336 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5337 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5338 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5339 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5340 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5341
5342 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5343 validation of unit files.
5344
5345 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5346 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5347 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5348 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5349 address may now be configured.
5350
5351 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5352 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5353 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5354 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5355
5356 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5357 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5358
5359 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5360 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5361 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5362 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5363
5364 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5365 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5366 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5367 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5368 implementation.
5369
5370 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5371 journal data to a remote system running
5372 systemd-journal-remote.
5373
5374 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5375 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5376 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5377 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5378 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5379 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5380 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5381 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5382 version, you have to turn this option on again
5383 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5384
5385 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5386 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5387 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5388
5389 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5390 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5391
5392 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5393 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5394
5395 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5396 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5397 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5398
5399 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5400 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5401 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5402 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5403 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5404
5405 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5406
5407 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5408
5409 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5410 when primary addresses are removed.
5411
5412 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5413 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5414 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5415 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5416 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5417 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5418 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5419 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5420 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5421 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5422 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5423 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5424 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5425 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5426 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5427
5428 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5429
5430 CHANGES WITH 215:
5431
5432 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5433 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5434 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5435 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5436 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5437 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5438 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5439 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5440 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5441 require.
5442
5443 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5444 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5445
5446 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5447 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5448 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5449 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5450 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5451 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5452 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5453
5454 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5455 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5456 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5457 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5458 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5459 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5460 update or reset should use this condition and order
5461 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5462 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5463 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5464 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5465 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5466 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5467 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5468 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5469 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5470
5471 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5472
5473 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5474 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5475 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5476 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5477
5478 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5479 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5480 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5481 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5482 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5483 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5484 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5485 .network files using settings of this section should be
5486 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5487 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5488
5489 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5490 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5491
5492 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5493 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5494 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5495 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5496 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5497 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5498 of nspawn instances.
5499
5500 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5501 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5502 added.
5503
5504 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5505 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5506 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5507 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5508 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5509 configuration stored in /etc.
5510
5511 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5512 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5513 parsing of unknown mount options.
5514
5515 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5516 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5517 it already exist and not already be the correct
5518 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5519 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5520 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5521 pre-existing files of different types.
5522
5523 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5524 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5525 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5526 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5527 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5528 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5529 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5530
5531 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5532 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5533 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5534 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5535 shall be executed.
5536
5537 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5538 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5539 example whether it is fully up and running.
5540
5541 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5542 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5543 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5544 reset.
5545
5546 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5547 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5548
5549 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5550 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5551 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5552
5553 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5554 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5555 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5556
5557 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5558 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5559 access to this group.
5560
5561 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5562 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5563 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5564 to the journal.
5565
5566 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5567 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5568 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5569 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5570 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5571 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5572
5573 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5574 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5575 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5576 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5577 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5578 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5579 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5580 the old name to the new name.
5581
5582 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5583 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5584 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5585
5586 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5587 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5588 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5589 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5590 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5591 "systemd-debug-generator".
5592
5593 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5594 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5595 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5596 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5597 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5598 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5599 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5600 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5601 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5602 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5603 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5604
5605 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5606 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5607 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5608 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5609 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5610 machine and user.
5611
5612 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5613 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5614 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5615 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5616 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5617
5618 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5619 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5620 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5621 couple of drop-in directories.
5622
5623 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5624 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5625 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5626 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5627 for dev_port.
5628
5629 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5630 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5631 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5632 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5633
5634 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5635 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5636 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5637 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5638 Restart= setting.
5639
5640 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5641 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5642 directly connect to a specific container on the
5643 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5644 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5645 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5646 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5647 containers is a privileged operation.
5648
5649 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5650 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5651 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5652 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5653 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5654 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5655 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5656 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5657 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5658 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5659 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5660 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5661
5662 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5663
5664 CHANGES WITH 214:
5665
5666 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5667 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5668 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5669 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5670 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5671 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5672 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5673 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5674 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5675 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5676 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5677 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5678 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5679 devices are excluded from this logic.
5680
5681 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5682 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5683 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5684 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5685 change has been released.
5686
5687 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5688 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5689 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5690
5691 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5692 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5693 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5694 with fewer privileges.
5695
5696 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5697 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5698 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5699 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5700
5701 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5702 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5703
5704 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5705 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5706
5707 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5708 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5709 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5710
5711 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5712 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5713 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5714 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5715 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5716 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5717
5718 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5719 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5720 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5721
5722 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5723 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5724 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5725 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5726 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5727 modifications of user data or system files from
5728 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5729 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5730
5731 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5732 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5733 and FIFOs in the file system.
5734
5735 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
5736 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5737 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5738
5739 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5740 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
5741 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
5742 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
5743 the socket itself.
5744
5745 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5746 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5747 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5748 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5749 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5750 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5751 symlinks, and nothing else.
5752
5753 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5754 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5755 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5756 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5757 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5758 process (for example, the parent process). The
5759 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5760 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5761 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5762 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5763 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5764 messages to services when the originating process already
5765 vanished.
5766
5767 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
5768 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
5769 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5770 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5771 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5772 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5773 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5774 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5775 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5776 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5777 all long-running services.
5778
5779 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5780 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5781 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5782 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5783 service.
5784
5785 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5786 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5787 applied to all submounts, too.
5788
5789 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5790
5791 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5792 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5793 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5794 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5795 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5796 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5797 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5798
5799 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
5800 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5801 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
5802 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
5803 (domU) domains.
5804
5805 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5806 files or entire directories.
5807
5808 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
5809 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5810 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5811 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
5812 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5813
5814 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5815 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5816 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5817 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
5818 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5819 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
5820 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
5821 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
5822 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5823 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5824 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5825 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5826
5827 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5828 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5829 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5830 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5831
5832 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5833 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
5834 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
5835 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
5836 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5837 non-directories.
5838
5839 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5840 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5841 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5842
5843 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5844 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5845 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5846 this group.
5847
5848 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5849 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5850 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5851 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5852 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5853 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5854 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5855
5856 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
5857
5858 CHANGES WITH 213:
5859
5860 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
5861 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
5862 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
5863 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
5864 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
5865 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5866 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
5867 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
5868 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
5869 client should be more than appropriate for most
5870 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5871 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5872 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5873 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5874 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
5875 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
5876 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
5877 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
5878 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
5879 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
5880 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
5881
5882 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5883 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
5884 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5885 part of a different namespace.
5886
5887 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5888 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
5889 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5890 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
5891
5892 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5893 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
5894 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
5895
5896 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5897 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
5898 when a service fails. This works similarly to
5899 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
5900 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5901 restart the service in question.
5902
5903 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
5904 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5905 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5906 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5907 details when running non-locally.
5908
5909 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5910 graphs it generates.
5911
5912 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5913 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5914 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5915 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5916 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5917
5918 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5919
5920 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5921 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5922 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5923 what it was on SysV systems.
5924
5925 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5926 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5927
5928 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5929 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5930 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5931 files.
5932
5933 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5934 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5935 to show these addresses in its output.
5936
5937 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5938 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5939 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5940 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5941 preferred over a text one.
5942
5943 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5944 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5945 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5946 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5947 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5948 mDNS cache.
5949
5950 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5951 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5952 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5953 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5954 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5955
5956 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
5957 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
5958 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
5959 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
5960 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5961
5962 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5963 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5964 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
5965 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
5966 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5967 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5968 overrides any other settings.
5969
5970 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
5971 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5972 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5973 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5974 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5975 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5976 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5977 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5978 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5979 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5980 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5981 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5982 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5983 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5984 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5985 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
5986 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5987
5988 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
5989
5990 CHANGES WITH 212:
5991
5992 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5993 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5994 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5995 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5996 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5997 by accident.
5998
5999 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6000 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6001 registered with machined.
6002
6003 * sd-login gained new calls
6004 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6005 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6006 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6007 counterparts.
6008
6009 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6010 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6011 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6012 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6013 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6014 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6015 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6016 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6017 once.
6018
6019 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6020 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6021 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6022
6023 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6024 units on all local containers, when used with the
6025 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6026 executed when no parameters are specified).
6027
6028 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6029 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6030 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6031 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6032
6033 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6034 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6035 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6036 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6037 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6038 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6039
6040 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6041 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6042 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6043 of the container.
6044
6045 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6046 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6047 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6048 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6049 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6050 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
6051 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6052 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6053
6054 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6055 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6056 instead of /.
6057
6058 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6059 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6060 emergency messages now.
6061
6062 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6063 journal log messages across the network.
6064
6065 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6066 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6067 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6068 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6069 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6070 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6071 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6072
6073 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6074 down a local OS container.
6075
6076 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6077 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6078 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6079
6080 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6081 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6082 this is appropriate.
6083
6084 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6085 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6086 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6087
6088 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6089 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6090 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6091 for debugging purposes.
6092
6093 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6094 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6095 in seconds.
6096
6097 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6098 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6099 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6100 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6101 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6102 like on traditional inetd.
6103
6104 * A new system.conf configuration option
6105 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6106 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6107
6108 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6109 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6110 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6111 do these days).
6112
6113 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6114 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6115 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6116 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6117 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6118 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6119
6120 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6121 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6122 it will be triggered.
6123
6124 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6125 addresses to its local interfaces.
6126
6127 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6128 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6129 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6130 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6131 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6132 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6133 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6134 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6135 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6136
6137 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6138
6139 CHANGES WITH 211:
6140
6141 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6142 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6143 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6144 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6145 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6146 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6147
6148 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6149 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6150 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6151 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6152 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6153 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6154 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6155 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6156 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6157
6158 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6159 matching against device group names.
6160
6161 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6162 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6163 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6164 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6165 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6166 though.
6167
6168 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6169 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6170 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6171 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6172 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6173 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6174 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6175 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6176 systems prepared appropriately.
6177
6178 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6179 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6180 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6181 (see above). This means that installations made with
6182 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6183 deployed using container managers, completely
6184 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6185 this feature soon, too.)
6186
6187 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6188 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6189 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6190 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6191
6192 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6193 using IPv4LL.
6194
6195 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6196 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6197 systemd-networkd.
6198
6199 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6200 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6201 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6202 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6203 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6204
6205 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6206 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6207 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6208 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6209 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6210 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6211 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6212 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6213 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6214 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6215 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6216 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6217 users.
6218
6219 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6220 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6221 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6222 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6223 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6224 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6225 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6226 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6227 due to a closed lid.
6228
6229 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6230 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6231 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6232 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6233 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6234 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6235
6236 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6237 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6238 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6239 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6240 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6241
6242 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6243 now also work in --scope mode.
6244
6245 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6246 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6247 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6248 promises are made.)
6249
6250 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6251 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6252 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6253 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6254 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6255 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6256 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6257 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6258 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6259 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6260
6261 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6262
6263 CHANGES WITH 210:
6264
6265 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6266 according to SMACK rules.
6267
6268 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6269 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6270
6271 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6272 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6273 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6274
6275 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6276 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6277 and machine ID.
6278
6279 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6280 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6281 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6282 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6283 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6284 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6285 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6286 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6287 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6288 backpack or similar.
6289
6290 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6291 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6292 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6293 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6294 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6295 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6296 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6297 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6298 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6299 this on its own.
6300
6301 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6302 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6303 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6304 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6305
6306 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6307 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6308 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6309 --network-bridge= switches.
6310
6311 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6312 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6313 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6314 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6315 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6316 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6317 each configuration option.
6318
6319 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6320 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6321 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6322 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6323 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6324
6325 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6326 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6327 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6328 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6329 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6330
6331 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6332 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6333 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6334 default however.
6335
6336 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6337 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6338 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6339 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6340 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6341 them with systemd-networkd.
6342
6343 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6344 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6345 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6346 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6347 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6348 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6349 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6350 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6351 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6352 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6353 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6354 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6355 during a transitional period!
6356
6357 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6358 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6359
6360 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6361 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6362 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6363 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6364 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6365 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6366 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6367 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6368
6369 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6370
6371 CHANGES WITH 209:
6372
6373 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6374 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6375 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6376 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6377 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6378 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6379 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6380 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6381 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6382 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6383 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6384 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6385
6386 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6387 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6388 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6389 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6390 machines and the like.
6391
6392 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6393 shutdown/boot.
6394
6395 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6396 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6397
6398 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6399 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6400 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6401 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6402
6403 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6404 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6405 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6406 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6407 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6408 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6409
6410 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6411 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6412 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6413 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6414 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6415 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6416 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6417 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6418 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6419
6420 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6421 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6422
6423 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6424 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6425 implementation.
6426
6427 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6428 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6429 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6430 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6431 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6432 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6433 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6434 and .service units.
6435
6436 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6437 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6438 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6439
6440 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6441 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6442 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6443 nothing makes use of it.
6444
6445 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6446 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6447 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6448
6449 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6450 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6451 compatibility purposes.
6452
6453 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6454 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6455 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6456 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6457 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6458 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6459 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6460 process handling.
6461
6462 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6463 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6464 style to "sd-bus.h".
6465
6466 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6467 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6468 "systemd-networkd".
6469
6470 * There is a new kernel command line option
6471 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6472 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6473 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6474 are not restored.
6475
6476 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6477 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6478 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6479 PID1's support for that anymore.
6480
6481 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6482 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6483
6484 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6485 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6486 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6487 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6488 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6489 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6490
6491 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6492 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6493 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6494 onto remote systems.
6495
6496 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6497 login in any local container. This works with any container
6498 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6499 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6500
6501 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6502 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6503 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6504 system of some kind.
6505
6506 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6507 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6508 next.
6509
6510 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6511 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6512 reboot() system call.
6513
6514 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6515 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6516 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6517 still available but not advertised anymore.
6518
6519 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6520 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6521 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6522 within each Unit.
6523
6524 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6525 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6526 the kernel).
6527
6528 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6529 timestamps (following the setting in
6530 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6531
6532 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6533 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6534
6535 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6536 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6537
6538 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6539 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6540 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6541
6542 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6543 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6544 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6545 the full configuration is shown.
6546
6547 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6548 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6549 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6550
6551 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6552
6553 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6554 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6555
6556 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6557 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6558 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6559 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6560
6561 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6562 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6563 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6564 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6565
6566 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6567 of the legend text.
6568
6569 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6570 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6571 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6572 remote sessions.
6573
6574 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6575 information of SDIO devices.
6576
6577 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6578 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6579 the system manager.
6580
6581 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6582 short description of the connection parameters in the
6583 description.
6584
6585 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6586 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6587 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6588 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6589 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6590 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6591 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6592
6593 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6594 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6595 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6596 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6597 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6598 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6599 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6600 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6601 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6602
6603 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6604 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6605 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6606 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6607 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6608 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6609 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6610 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6611 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6612 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6613 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6614 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6615 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6616 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6617 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6618 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6619 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6620 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6621 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6622 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6623 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6624 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6625 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6626
6627 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6628 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6629 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6630 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6631 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6632 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6633 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6634 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6635 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6636 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6637 APIs.
6638
6639 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6640 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6641 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6642 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6643 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6644 declare the APIs stable.
6645
6646 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6647 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6648 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6649 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6650 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6651 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6652 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6653 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6654 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6655 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6656 one of them is updated.
6657
6658 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6659 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6660 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6661 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6662 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6663
6664 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6665 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6666 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6667 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6668 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6669 entry points.
6670
6671 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6672 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6673 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6674 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6675 been disabled at compile-time.
6676
6677 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6678 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6679 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6680 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6681
6682 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6683 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6684 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6685
6686 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6687 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6688 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6689
6690 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6691 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6692 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6693
6694 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6695 remains until jobs expire.
6696
6697 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6698 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6699 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6700 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6701 all remaining processes of the service.
6702
6703 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6704 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6705 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6706 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6707 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6708 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6709 manager process which created them takes no further
6710 responsibilities for it.
6711
6712 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6713 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6714 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6715 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6716 marked executable or world-writable.
6717
6718 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6719 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6720 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6721 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6722
6723 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6724 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6725 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6726 independent of the host.
6727
6728 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6729 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
6730 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
6731 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6732
6733 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6734 with specific SELinux labels set.
6735
6736 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6737 any additional output but the container's own console
6738 output.
6739
6740 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6741 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6742
6743 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
6744 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
6745 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
6746 OS images, but only specific apps.
6747
6748 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
6749 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
6750 results in registration of the unit service itself in
6751 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
6752
6753 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6754 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
6755 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
6756 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6757 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6758 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
6759
6760 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6761 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
6762 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
6763 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6764 units to use.
6765
6766 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6767 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6768 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6769 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6770
6771 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6772 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6773 context for a service.
6774
6775 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6776 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
6777 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6778 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
6779 influence this logic.
6780
6781 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6782 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6783 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6784 other things.
6785
6786 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
6787 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
6788 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6789 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
6790 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6791 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6792 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
6793 architectures). There is also a global
6794 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
6795 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6796
6797 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6798 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6799
6800 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6801 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6802 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6803 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6804 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6805 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6806 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6807 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6808 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6809 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6810 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6811 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6812 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6813 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6814 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6815 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6816 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6817 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6818 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6819 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6820 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6821 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6822 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6823 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6824
6825 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
6826
6827 CHANGES WITH 208:
6828
6829 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6830 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6831 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6832 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6833 access input and drm devices which are normally
6834 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6835 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6836 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6837 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6838 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6839 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6840 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6841 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6842
6843 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
6844 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
6845 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6846
6847 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6848 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6849 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6850 kernel version number.
6851
6852 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6853 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
6854 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
6855
6856 * This release removes high-level support for the
6857 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6858 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6859 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
6860 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
6861
6862 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6863 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6864 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
6865 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6866 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
6867 cgroup system.
6868
6869 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6870 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6871 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6872 logs among other things.
6873
6874 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6875 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6876 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6877 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6878 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6879 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6880 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6881 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6882 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6883 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6884 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6885 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6886 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6887 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6888 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6889 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6890 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6891 not delayed until next reboot.
6892
6893 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6894 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6895 systemd generated files in one directory.
6896
6897 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6898 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6899 performance information if that's available to determine how
6900 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6901 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6902 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6903
6904 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6905 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6906 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6907 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6908 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6909 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6910 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6911
6912 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
6913
6914 CHANGES WITH 207:
6915
6916 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
6917 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
6918 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6919 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6920
6921 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6922 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6923 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6924 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6925 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6926
6927 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6928 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6929
6930 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6931 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6932 maximum number of tries.
6933
6934 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6935 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6936 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6937
6938 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6939 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6940
6941 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6942 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
6943 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
6944
6945 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6946 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
6947 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6948
6949 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6950 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
6951 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
6952 and type).
6953
6954 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
6955 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6956
6957 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6958 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
6959 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
6960 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6961
6962 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6963 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6964 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6965 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6966 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6967 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6968 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6969 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6970
6971 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6972 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6973 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6974 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6975
6976 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6977 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6978 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6979 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6980 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6981 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6982 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
6983
6984 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6985 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6986
6987 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6988 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6989 automatically after the process terminated.
6990
6991 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6992 certain paths from operation.
6993
6994 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
6995 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6996 is received.
6997
6998 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6999 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7000 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7001 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7002 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7003 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7004 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7005 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7006 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7007 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7008 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7009 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7010 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7011
7012 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7013
7014 CHANGES WITH 206:
7015
7016 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7017 concepts introduced with 205.
7018
7019 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7020 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7021 -r".
7022
7023 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7024 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7025 --state= parameter.
7026
7027 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7028 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7029 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7030 the journal.
7031
7032 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7033 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7034 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7035
7036 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7037 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7038 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7039 browsing logs from that point on.
7040
7041 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7042 of an FSS key.
7043
7044 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7045 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7046 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7047 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7048 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7049 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7050 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7051 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7052 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7053 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7054 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7055 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7056 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7057 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7058
7059 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7060 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7061 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7062 backing module right-away.
7063
7064 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7065 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7066
7067 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7068 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7069
7070 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7071 set of processes in the message metadata.
7072
7073 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7074
7075 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7076 support for passing performance data via environment
7077 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7078 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7079 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7080 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7081 deserialize it again.
7082
7083 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7084 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7085 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7086 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7087
7088 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7089 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7090 completely silent shutdown when used.
7091
7092 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7093 option in .socket units.
7094
7095 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7096 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7097 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7098 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7099 system.slice as before.
7100
7101 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7102
7103 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7104 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7105 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7106 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7107 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7108 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7109 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7110
7111 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7112
7113 CHANGES WITH 205:
7114
7115 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7116
7117 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7118 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7119 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7120 possible for system services and applications to group their
7121 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7122 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7123 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7124
7125 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7126 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7127 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7128 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7129 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7130
7131 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7132 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7133 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7134 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7135
7136 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7137 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7138 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7139 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7140 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7141 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7142 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7143 and useful as a general batch manager.
7144
7145 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7146 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7147 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7148 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7149 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7150 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7151 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7152 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7153 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7154 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7155
7156 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7157 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7158 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7159 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7160 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7161 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7162 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7163 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7164 is compile-time optional.
7165
7166 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7167 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7168 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7169 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7170 well as slice units.
7171
7172 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7173 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7174 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7175 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7176 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7177 command that wraps this call.
7178
7179 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7180 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7181 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7182 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7183 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7184 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7185 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7186
7187 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7188 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7189 off audit.
7190
7191 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7192 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7193
7194 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7195 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7196 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7197 and system logs.
7198
7199 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7200 snippets extending unit files.
7201
7202 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7203 not available as public API.
7204
7205 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7206 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7207 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7208
7209 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7210 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7211 controls what to boot into by default.
7212
7213 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7214 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7215
7216 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7217 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7218 about the unit file loading.
7219
7220 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7221 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7222 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7223 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7224 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7225 racy due to journal file rotation.
7226
7227 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7228 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7229 all services.
7230
7231 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7232 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7233 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7234 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7235 system services want to log events about specific client
7236 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7237 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7238 unit is requested.
7239
7240 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7241 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7242 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7243 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7244 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7245 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7246 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7247 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7248 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7249 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7250 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7251 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7252 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7253
7254 CHANGES WITH 204:
7255
7256 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7257 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7258
7259 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7260 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7261 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7262
7263 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7264 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7265
7266 CHANGES WITH 203:
7267
7268 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7269 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7270
7271 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7272 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7273 fields, including the root directory.
7274
7275 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7276 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7277 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7278 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7279 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7280 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7281 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7282 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7283 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7284 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7285 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7286
7287 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7288 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7289
7290 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7291 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7292
7293 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7294 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7295 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7296 the local hostname.
7297
7298 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7299 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7300 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7301 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7302 VMs/containers coming and going.
7303
7304 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7305 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7306 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7307
7308 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7309 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7310 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7311 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7312
7313 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7314 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7315 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7316
7317 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7318 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7319 services. With the container's root directory in
7320 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7321 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7322
7323 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7324 the processes within a certain container.
7325
7326 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7327 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7328 check though. Patches welcome!
7329
7330 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7331 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7332 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7333 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7334 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7335
7336 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7337 the passed argument if applicable.
7338
7339 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7340 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7341 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7342 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7343 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7344 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7345 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7346 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7347
7348 CHANGES WITH 202:
7349
7350 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7351 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7352 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7353 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7354 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7355 units activate.
7356
7357 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7358 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7359 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7360 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7361 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7362 for now, and not installable.
7363
7364 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7365 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7366 can run in conjunction with udev.
7367
7368 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7369 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7370 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7371 session manager.
7372
7373 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7374 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7375 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7376 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7377 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7378 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7379 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7380 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7381 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7382 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7383 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7384
7385 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7386
7387 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7388 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7389 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7390 logical expressions.
7391
7392 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7393 switches.
7394
7395 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7396 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7397 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7398 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7399 the user.
7400
7401 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7402 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7403 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7404 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7405 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7406 an entry.
7407
7408 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7409 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7410 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7411 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7412 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7413 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7414
7415 CHANGES WITH 201:
7416
7417 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7418 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7419 directory.
7420
7421 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7422 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7423 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7424 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7425 problem.
7426
7427 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7428 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7429 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7430 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7431
7432 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7433 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7434
7435 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7436 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7437 files in this context are files such as
7438 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7439
7440 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7441 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7442 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7443 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7444 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7445 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7446
7447 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7448 hostnames.
7449
7450 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7451 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7452 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7453 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7454 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7455 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7456 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7457 all time-related output of systemd.
7458
7459 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7460 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7461 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7462 loops.
7463
7464 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7465 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7466
7467 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7468 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7469 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7470 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7471 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7472
7473 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7474 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7475 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7476 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7477 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7478 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7479 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7480
7481 CHANGES WITH 200:
7482
7483 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7484 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7485 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7486 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7487 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7488 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7489
7490 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7491 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7492 images.
7493
7494 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7495 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7496 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7497
7498 CHANGES WITH 199:
7499
7500 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7501
7502 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7503 security policy.
7504
7505 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7506 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7507 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7508 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7509 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7510 the same service can still access). When a service is
7511 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7512 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7513 this though).
7514
7515 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7516 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7517 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7518 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7519 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7520 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7521
7522 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7523 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7524
7525 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7526 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7527
7528 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7529
7530 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7531 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7532 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7533 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7534 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7535
7536 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7537 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7538 system is to be mounted.
7539
7540 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7541 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7542 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7543 purpose for socket units.
7544
7545 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7546 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7547
7548 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7549 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7550 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7551 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7552 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7553
7554 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7555 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7556 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7557 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7558 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7559 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7560 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7561 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7562 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7563
7564 CHANGES WITH 198:
7565
7566 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7567 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7568 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7569 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7570 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7571 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7572 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7573 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7574 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7575 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7576 unit files locally: copying the files from
7577 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7578 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7579 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7580 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7581 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7582 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7583 for them too.
7584
7585 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7586 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7587 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7588 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7589 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7590 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7591 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7592 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7593 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7594
7595 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7596 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7597
7598 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7599 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7600 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7601 other users.
7602
7603 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7604 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7605 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7606 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7607 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7608 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7609 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7610 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7611 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7612 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7613 supported.
7614
7615 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7616 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7617 the foreground VT.
7618
7619 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7620 call.
7621
7622 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7623 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7624 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7625 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7626 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7627 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7628 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7629 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7630 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7631 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7632 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7633 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7634 also been removed.
7635
7636 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7637 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7638 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7639 objects themselves.
7640
7641 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7642
7643 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7644 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7645 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7646 to how this is supported in shells.
7647
7648 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7649 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7650 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7651 user systemd instance.
7652
7653 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7654 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7655 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7656 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7657 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7658 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7659 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7660 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7661 one day for good in the kernel.
7662
7663 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7664 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7665 container.
7666
7667 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7668 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7669 the host into the container.
7670
7671 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7672 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7673 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7674 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7675 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7676 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7677
7678 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7679
7680 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7681 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7682 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7683 configured to be mounted there.
7684
7685 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7686 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7687 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7688 system resume events.
7689
7690 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7691 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7692 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7693 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7694
7695 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7696 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7697 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7698 card).
7699
7700 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7701 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7702 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7703
7704 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7705 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7706 later "change" event.
7707
7708 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7709 now carry a message ID.
7710
7711 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7712 continues to be work in progress.
7713
7714 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7715 root directory to operate relative to.
7716
7717 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7718 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7719 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7720 times a little.
7721
7722 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7723 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7724 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7725 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7726 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7727 request boot into firmware operations.
7728
7729 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7730 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7731 correctly in initrds.
7732
7733 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7734 compile time optional via a configure switch.
7735
7736 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7737 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7738
7739 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7740 the status of all active or failed units.
7741
7742 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7743 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7744 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
7745 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
7746 requests more robust.
7747
7748 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7749 reading journal files.
7750
7751 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7752 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7753
7754 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
7755
7756 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
7757 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
7758
7759 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7760 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7761 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7762 socket activation in daemons.
7763
7764 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7765 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7766
7767 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7768 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7769 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7770
7771 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
7772 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
7773 system units.
7774
7775 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7776 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7777 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7778
7779 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7780 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7781 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
7782 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
7783 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7784 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7785 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7786 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7787 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7788 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7789 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
7790 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
7791 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7792 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7793 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7794 package installation time.
7795
7796 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7797 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7798 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7799 installation time.
7800
7801 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7802 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7803
7804 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7805
7806 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7807 available.
7808
7809 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7810 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7811
7812 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7813 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7814 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7815 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7816 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7817 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7818 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7819 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7820 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7821 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7822 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7823 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7824 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7825 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7826
7827 CHANGES WITH 197:
7828
7829 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7830 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7831 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7832 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7833 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7834 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7835 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7836 the supported calendar time specification language see
7837 systemd.time(7).
7838
7839 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7840 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7841 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7842 document for details:
7843
7844 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
7845
7846 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
7847 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7848 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
7849 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7850 dependencies.
7851
7852 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7853 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7854 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7855 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7856 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7857 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7858 with a configure switch.
7859
7860 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7861 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7862 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7863 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7864 such as ext4.
7865
7866 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7867 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7868 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7869
7870 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7871 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7872
7873 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7874 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7875 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7876 using only core OS tools.
7877
7878 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7879 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7880 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7881 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7882 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7883 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7884 eventually.
7885
7886 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7887 presenting log data.
7888
7889 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
7890 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
7891
7892 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7893 system on idle.
7894
7895 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7896 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7897 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7898 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7899 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7900 information if possible.
7901
7902 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7903 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7904 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
7905
7906 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7907 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7908 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7909 is running on battery power.
7910
7911 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7912 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7913 is in the "failed" state.
7914
7915 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7916 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7917 environment files at once.
7918
7919 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7920 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7921 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7922 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7923 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7924 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7925 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7926 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7927 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7928 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7929 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7930 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7931 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7932
7933 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7934 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7935
7936 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7937 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7938
7939 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7940 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7941 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7942 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
7943 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7944 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
7945 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7946 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7947 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7948 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7949 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7950 shipped from us upstream.
7951
7952 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7953 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7954 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7955 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7956 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7957 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7958 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7959 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7960 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7961 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7962 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7963 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7964 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7965
7966 CHANGES WITH 196:
7967
7968 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7969 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7970 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7971 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7972 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7973 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7974 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7975 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
7976 database was only attached to select devices, since the
7977 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
7978 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7979 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7980 data for all devices where this is available, by
7981 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7982 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7983 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7984 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7985 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7986 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7987
7988 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7989 indexed database to link up additional information with
7990 journal entries. For further details please check:
7991
7992 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
7993
7994 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7995 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7996 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7997 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7998 macro for this purpose.
7999
8000 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8001 Python logging framework.
8002
8003 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8004 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8005 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8006 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8007 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8008 time intervals.
8009
8010 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8011 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8012 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8013
8014 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8015 right-away on the selected coredump.
8016
8017 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8018 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8019 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8020
8021 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8022 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8023 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8024 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8025
8026 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8027 default.
8028
8029 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8030 SMACK security label.
8031
8032 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8033 daylight saving change.
8034
8035 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8036 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8037 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8038 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8039 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8040 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8041 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8042
8043 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8044 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8045 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8046 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8047 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8048 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8049 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8050
8051 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8052 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8053
8054 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8055 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8056 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8057 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8058 offline updating tools.
8059
8060 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8061 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8062 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8063 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8064 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8065 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8066
8067 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8068 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8069
8070 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8071 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8072 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8073 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8074 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8075 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8076 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8077 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8078 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8079
8080 CHANGES WITH 195:
8081
8082 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8083 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8084 units via --unit=/-u.
8085
8086 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8087 right thing.
8088
8089 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8090 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8091 rotation.
8092
8093 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8094 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8095 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8096 completion of journalctl has been updated
8097 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8098 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8099
8100 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8101 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8102
8103 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8104 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8105 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8106 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8107 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8108 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8109 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8110 completion.
8111
8112 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8113 extract coredumps from the journal.
8114
8115 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8116 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8117 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8118 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8119 scratch their heads.
8120
8121 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8122 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8123
8124 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8125 in immediate termination of systemd.
8126
8127 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8128 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8129
8130 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8131 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8132 mouse screen support has been added.
8133
8134 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8135 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8136
8137 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8138 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8139 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8140 "systemctl reload".
8141
8142 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8143 -u" instead.
8144
8145 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8146 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8147 configured.
8148
8149 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8150 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8151
8152 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8153 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8154 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8155 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8156 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8157 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8158 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8159
8160 CHANGES WITH 194:
8161
8162 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8163 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8164 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8165 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8166 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8167 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8168 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8169 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8170 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8171 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8172 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8173 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8174
8175 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8176 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8177 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8178
8179 CHANGES WITH 193:
8180
8181 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8182 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8183
8184 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8185 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8186 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8187
8188 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8189 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8190 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8191 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8192 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8193 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8194 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8195
8196 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8197 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8198
8199 This will download the journal contents in a
8200 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8201
8202 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8203
8204 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8205 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8206 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8207 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8208 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8209
8210 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8211
8212 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8213 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8214
8215 CHANGES WITH 192:
8216
8217 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8218 too.
8219
8220 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8221 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8222 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8223 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8224 just start them.
8225
8226 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8227 and line break accordingly.
8228
8229 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8230 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8231
8232 CHANGES WITH 191:
8233
8234 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8235 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8236 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8237 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8238 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8239
8240 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8241 will default to 10 if omitted.
8242
8243 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8244 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8245 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8246 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8247 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8248
8249 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8250 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8251 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8252 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8253 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8254 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8255 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8256
8257 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8258 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8259 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8260 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8261 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8262 into two.
8263
8264 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8265 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8266
8267 CHANGES WITH 190:
8268
8269 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8270 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8271 "systemctl status".
8272
8273 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8274 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8275 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8276 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8277 field.)
8278
8279 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8280 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8281 default.
8282
8283 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8284 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8285 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8286 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8287 in a container.
8288
8289 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8290 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8291 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8292 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8293 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8294 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8295
8296 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8297 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8298 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8299 no-op.
8300
8301 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8302 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8303 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8304 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8305 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8306
8307 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8308 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8309
8310 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8311 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8312 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8313 command.
8314
8315 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8316 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8317 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8318
8319 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8320
8321 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8322 multiple files at once.
8323
8324 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8325 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8326 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8327 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8328 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8329 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8330 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8331
8332 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8333 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8334 now support specifiers as well.
8335
8336 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8337 dir: %_presetdir.
8338
8339 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8340 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8341
8342 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8343 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8344 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8345 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8346 anymore.
8347
8348 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8349 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8350 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8351 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8352
8353 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8354 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8355 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8356
8357 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8358 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8359 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8360 sockets.
8361
8362 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8363 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8364 is changed.
8365
8366 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8367 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8368 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8369 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8370 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8371 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8372 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8373
8374 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8375
8376 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8377 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8378
8379 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8380 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8381
8382 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8383 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8384 (%b).
8385
8386 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8387 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8388 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8389 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8390 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8391 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8392 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8393
8394 CHANGES WITH 189:
8395
8396 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8397 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8398
8399 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8400 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8401 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8402 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8403 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8404 syslog daemons again.
8405
8406 * The libudev API gained the new
8407 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8408
8409 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8410 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8411 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8412 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8413
8414 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8415 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8416 container.
8417
8418 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8419 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8420 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8421 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8422 this explaining it in more detail.
8423
8424 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8425 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8426 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8427 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8428
8429 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8430 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8431 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8432 journal files.
8433
8434 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8435 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8436 as container init process a lot more fun.
8437
8438 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8439 entries.
8440
8441 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8442 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8443 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8444 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8445 different sets of services.
8446
8447 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8448 failure state.
8449
8450 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8451 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8452 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8453
8454 CHANGES WITH 188:
8455
8456 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8457 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8458 tree a lot more organized.
8459
8460 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8461 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8462
8463 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8464 services.
8465
8466 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8467 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8468 filtering by log level now.
8469
8470 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8471 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8472 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8473
8474 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8475 command lines involving service unit names.
8476
8477 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8478 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8479
8480 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8481 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8482 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8483
8484 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8485 option.
8486
8487 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8488 a shutdown is cancelled.
8489
8490 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8491 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8492 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8493 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8494 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8495
8496 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8497 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8498 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8499 for display managers instead.
8500
8501 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8502 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8503 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8504 protection, and suchlike.
8505
8506 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8507 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8508 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8509 the service.
8510
8511 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8512 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8513 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8514 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8515 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8516 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8517
8518 CHANGES WITH 187:
8519
8520 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8521 pages.
8522
8523 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8524 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8525 data loss.
8526
8527 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8528 option.
8529
8530 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8531
8532 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8533 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8534
8535 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8536 specific directory.
8537
8538 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8539 messages of two different boots.
8540
8541 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8542 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8543 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8544
8545 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8546 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8547 disjunctions.
8548
8549 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8550 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8551 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8552
8553 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8554 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8555 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8556
8557 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8558 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8559 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8560 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8561 speed things up a bit.
8562
8563 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8564 header data of journal files.
8565
8566 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8567 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8568 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8569
8570 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8571 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8572 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8573 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8574
8575 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8576
8577 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8578 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8579 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8580 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8581
8582 CHANGES WITH 186:
8583
8584 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8585 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8586 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8587 prefixed with rd.
8588
8589 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8590 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8591
8592 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8593
8594 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8595
8596 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8597
8598 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8599 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8600 as well.
8601
8602 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8603 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8604 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8605
8606 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8607 does the right thing. Example:
8608
8609 udevadm info /dev/sda
8610 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8611
8612 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8613 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8614 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8615 running.
8616
8617 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8618 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8619
8620 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8621 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8622
8623 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8624 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8625 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8626 files.
8627
8628 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8629 be stopped that is not loaded.
8630
8631 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8632
8633 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8634
8635 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8636 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8637 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8638 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8639
8640 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8641 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8642 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8643 completed initialization.
8644
8645 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8646
8647 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8648 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8649 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8650 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8651 distributions.
8652
8653 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8654 always valid when services log to the journal via
8655 STDOUT/STDERR.
8656
8657 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8658 command line options we understand.
8659
8660 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8661 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8662
8663 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8664 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8665
8666 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8667 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8668 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8669 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8670
8671 systemctl status /home
8672 systemctl status /dev/sda
8673
8674 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8675 system.conf parsing.
8676
8677 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8678 Manager object.
8679
8680 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8681
8682 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8683
8684 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8685 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8686 complete.
8687
8688 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8689 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8690 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8691 systemd-fsck@.service.
8692
8693 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8694 Manager object.
8695
8696 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8697 work sensibly.
8698
8699 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8700 we actually understand.
8701
8702 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8703 additional capabilities to the container.
8704
8705 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8706 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8707 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8708
8709 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8710 the current boot only.
8711
8712 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8713 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8714
8715 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8716 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8717 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8718 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8719 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8720
8721 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8722
8723 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8724 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8725 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8726 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8727
8728 CHANGES WITH 185:
8729
8730 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8731 available.
8732
8733 * Several new man pages have been added.
8734
8735 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8736 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8737 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8738 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
8739
8740 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8741 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
8742
8743 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8744 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8745 Matthias Clasen
8746
8747 CHANGES WITH 184:
8748
8749 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8750 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8751
8752 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8753 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8754 daemon.
8755
8756 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8757 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8758
8759 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8760 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8761 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8762 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8763
8764 CHANGES WITH 183:
8765
8766 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8767 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8768 and systemd's most recent version number.
8769
8770 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8771 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8772 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8773 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8774 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
8775 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
8776
8777 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
8778 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8779 subsystems.
8780
8781 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8782 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8783 used to subscribe to events.
8784
8785 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8786 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8787 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8788 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
8789 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
8790 forked by udev rules.
8791
8792 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8793 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8794 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8795 it.
8796
8797 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
8798 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8799 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8800 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
8801 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
8802
8803 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
8804 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
8805
8806 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8807 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8808 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8809 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8810
8811 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8812 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8813 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8814 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8815 to be used as drop-in files.
8816
8817 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
8818 particular suspending and hibernating.
8819
8820 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8821 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8822 about this in more detail.
8823
8824 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
8825 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
8826 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8827 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8828 from git history and add them downstream.
8829
8830 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8831 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
8832 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
8833 units.
8834
8835 * All smaller setup units (such as
8836 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8837 are run in a container and are skipped when
8838 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8839 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8840
8841 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8842 integrated, for details see:
8843 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
8844
8845 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8846 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8847 messages.
8848
8849 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8850 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
8851 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8852 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8853 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8854
8855 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8856 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8857 for all units started by PID 1.
8858
8859 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8860 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8861 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8862
8863 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8864 of PID 1 anymore.
8865
8866 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8867 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
8868 have not been read by systemd yet.
8869
8870 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8871 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8872 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8873 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8874 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8875 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8876
8877 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8878 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8879
8880 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8881
8882 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8883 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8884 so sexy.
8885
8886 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8887 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8888 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8889 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8890 patterns.
8891
8892 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8893 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8894 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8895 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8896
8897 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8898 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8899
8900 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8901 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8902 in systemd now.
8903
8904 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8905 ID on the command line.
8906
8907 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
8908 for an init system.
8909
8910 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8911 vt100.
8912
8913 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8914
8915 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
8916 components now have directories of their own.
8917
8918 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8919
8920 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8921 container in other hierarchies.
8922
8923 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8924 system.conf.
8925
8926 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8927
8928 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8929 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8930
8931 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
8932 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8933
8934 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8935 locally generated journal files.
8936
8937 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8938
8939 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8940
8941 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8942 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8943 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8944 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8945 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8946 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8947 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8948 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8949 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8950 Gundersen
8951
8952 CHANGES WITH 44:
8953
8954 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8955
8956 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8957 KVM or container configured UUID.
8958
8959 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8960
8961 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8962
8963 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
8964 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8965
8966 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
8967
8968 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8969 folks
8970
8971 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
8972 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
8973 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8974
8975 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8976 configuration
8977
8978 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8979 free fashion
8980
8981 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8982 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
8983 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
8984 automatically generated data.
8985
8986 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8987 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8988 however.
8989
8990 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8991 tarball.
8992
8993 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8994 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8995 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8996 Reding
8997
8998 CHANGES WITH 43:
8999
9000 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9001
9002 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9003
9004 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9005
9006 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9007 normal user logins.
9008
9009 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9010 Biebl
9011
9012 CHANGES WITH 42:
9013
9014 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9015
9016 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9017 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9018 xsltproc.
9019
9020 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9021 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9022 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9023
9024 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9025 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9026 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9027
9028 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9029
9030 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9031 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9032 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9033
9034 CHANGES WITH 41:
9035
9036 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9037 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9038 package update.
9039
9040 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9041 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9042 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9043
9044 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9045 complete.
9046
9047 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9048 understood to set system wide environment variables
9049 dynamically at boot.
9050
9051 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9052
9053 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9054 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9055 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9056 files.
9057
9058 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9059 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9060 William Douglas
9061
9062 CHANGES WITH 40:
9063
9064 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9065
9066 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9067 "Result" D-Bus property.
9068
9069 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9070 the next few releases.)
9071
9072 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9073 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9074 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9075 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9076
9077 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9078 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9079 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9080
9081 CHANGES WITH 39:
9082
9083 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9084 bugfixes.
9085
9086 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9087 resource usage.
9088
9089 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9090 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9091 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9092 journals by the respective users.
9093
9094 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9095 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9096 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9097
9098 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9099 client for all entries.
9100
9101 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9102
9103 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9104 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9105
9106 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9107 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9108 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9109 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9110
9111 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9112 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9113 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9114
9115 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9116 journal along with meta data.
9117
9118 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9119 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9120 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9121
9122 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9123 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9124 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9125
9126 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9127
9128 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9129 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9130 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9131 or fsck.
9132
9133 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9134 requested with new -k switch.
9135
9136 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9137 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9138
9139 CHANGES WITH 38:
9140
9141 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9142 bugfixes.
9143
9144 * The git repository moved to:
9145 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9146 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9147
9148 * First release with the journal
9149 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9150
9151 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9152 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9153
9154 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9155
9156 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9157
9158 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9159 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9160 remote mounts.
9161
9162 * Added Mageia support
9163
9164 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9165
9166 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9167 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9168 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9169 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9170 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9171
9172 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9173 of existing distributions.
9174
9175 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9176 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9177
9178 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9179 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9180 boot.
9181
9182 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9183
9184 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9185 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9186 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9187 among other things.
9188
9189 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9190 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9191
9192 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9193
9194 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9195 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9196 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9197
9198 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9199 restored.
9200
9201 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9202 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9203 kmod
9204
9205 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9206 of /usr/local by default.
9207
9208 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9209 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9210 in:
9211 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9212
9213 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9214 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9215 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9216 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9217 supported anyway, and bad style).
9218
9219 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9220 reloading of units together.
9221
9222 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9223 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9224 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9225 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9226 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek